1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337/**
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339 *
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344 */
345
346/**
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350 *
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427 *
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame).
442 *
443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
444 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
445 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
447 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
448 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
449 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
450 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
451 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
452 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
453 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
454 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
455 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
456 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
457 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
458 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
459 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
460 *
461 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
462 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
463 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
464 * global regdomain will be returned.
465 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
466 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
467 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
468 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
469 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
470 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
471 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
472 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
473 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
474 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
475 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
476 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
477 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
478 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
479 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
480 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
481 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
482 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
483 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
484 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
485 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
486 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
487 *
488 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
489 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
490 *
491 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
492 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
493 *
494 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
495 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
496 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
497 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
498 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
499 * added to all specified management frames generated by
500 * kernel/firmware/driver.
501 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
502 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
503 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
504 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
505 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
506 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
507 *
508 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
509 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
510 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
511 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
512 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
513 * be used.
514 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
515 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
517 * partial scan results may be available
518 *
519 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
520 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
521 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
522 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
523 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
524 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
525 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
526 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
527 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
528 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
529 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
530 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
531 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
532 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
533 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
534 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
535 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
536 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
537 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
538 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
539 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
540 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
542 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
543 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
544 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
545 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
546 * results available.
547 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
548 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
549 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
550 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
551 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
552 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
553 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
554 *
555 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
556 * or noise level
557 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
558 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
559 *
560 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
561 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
562 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
563 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
564 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
565 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
566 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
567 * ESS.
568 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
569 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
570 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
571 * authentication.
572 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
573 *
574 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
575 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
576 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
577 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
578 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
579 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
580 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
581 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
582 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
583 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
584 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
585 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
586 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
587 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
588 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
589 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
590 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
591 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
592 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
593 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
594 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
595 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
596 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
597 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
598 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
599 * the beacon hint was processed.
600 *
601 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
602 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
603 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
604 * authentication process.
605 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
606 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
607 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
608 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
609 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
611 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
612 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
613 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
614 * to the frame.
615 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
616 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
617 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
618 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
619 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
620 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
621 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
622 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
623 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
624 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
625 * pending authentication timed out).
626 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
627 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
628 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
629 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
630 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
631 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
632 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
633 * included).
634 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
635 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
636 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
637 * primitives).
638 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
639 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
640 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
641 *
642 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
643 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
644 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
645 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
646 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
647 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
648 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
649 *
650 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
651 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
652 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
653 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
654 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
655 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
656 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
657 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
658 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
659 * determined by the network interface.
660 *
661 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
662 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
663 * to the driver.
664 *
665 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
666 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
667 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
669 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
675 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
676 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
677 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
678 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
679 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
680 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
681 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
682 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
684 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
685 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
686 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
687 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
688 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
689 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
690 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
691 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
692 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
693 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
694 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
695 * a different BSS is desired.
696 * Background scan period can optionally be
697 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
698 * if not specified default background scan configuration
699 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
700 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
701 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
702 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
703 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
704 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
705 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
706 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
707 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
708 * well to remain backwards compatible.
709 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
710 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
711 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
712 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
713 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
714 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
715 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
716 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
717 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
718 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
719 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
722 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
723 *
724 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
725 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
726 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
727 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
728 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
729 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
730 * frequency for the operation.
731 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
732 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
733 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
734 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
735 * radio).
736 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
737 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
738 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
739 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
740 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
741 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
742 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
743 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
744 * uniquely identify the request.
745 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
746 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
747 *
748 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
749 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
750 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
751 *
752 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
753 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
754 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
755 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
756 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
757 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
758 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
759 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
760 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
761 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
762 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
763 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
764 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
765 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
766 * backward compatibility
767 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
768 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
769 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
770 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
771 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
772 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
773 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
774 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
775 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
776 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
777 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
778 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
779 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
780 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
781 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
782 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
783 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
784 * is used during CSA period.
785 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
786 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
787 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
788 * lower layers.
789 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
790 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
791 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
792 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
793 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
794 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
795 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
796 * wait time.
797 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
798 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
799 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
800 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
801 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
802 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
803 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
804 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
805 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
806 * backward compatibility.
807 *
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
809 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
810 *
811 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
812 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
813 * levels.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
815 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
816 * reached.
817 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
818 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
819 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
820 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
821 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
822 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
823 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
824 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
825 * precedence when they are used.
826 *
827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
828 * (no longer supported).
829 *
830 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
831 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
832 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
833 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
834 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
835 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
836 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
837 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
838 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
839 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
840 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
841 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
842 * command, the feature is disabled.
843 *
844 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
845 * mesh config parameters may be given.
846 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
847 * network is determined by the network interface.
848 *
849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
853 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
854 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
855 *
856 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
857 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
858 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
859 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
860 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
861 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
862 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
863 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
864 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
865 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
866 * depending on the authentication result.
867 *
868 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
869 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
870 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
871 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
872 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
873 * more background information, see
874 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
875 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
876 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
877 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
878 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
879 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
880 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
881 *
882 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
883 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
884 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
885 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
886 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
887 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
888 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
891 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
892 *
893 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
894 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
895 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
896 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
897 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
898 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
899 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
900 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
901 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
902 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
903 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
904 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
905 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
906 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
907 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
908 *
909 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
910 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
911 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
912 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
913 * is received.
914 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
915 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
916 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
917 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
918 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
919 *
920 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
921 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
922 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
923 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
924 *
925 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
926 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
927 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
928 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
929 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
930 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
931 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
932 *
933 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
934 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
935 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
936 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
937 *
938 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
939 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
940 *
941 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
942 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
943 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
944 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
945 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
946 * from the remote AP) is completed;
947 *
948 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
949 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
950 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
951 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
952 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
953 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
954 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
955 * interfaces to change channel as well.
956 *
957 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
958 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
959 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
960 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
961 * public action frame TX.
962 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
963 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
964 *
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
966 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
967 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
968 * is used for this.
969 *
970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
971 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
972 *
973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
974 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
975 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
976 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
977 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
978 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
979 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
980 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
981 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
982 *
983 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
984 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
985 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
986 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
987 * while operating on this channel.
988 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
989 * event.
990 *
991 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
992 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
993 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
996 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
997 *
998 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
999 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
1000 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
1001 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1002 *
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1004 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1005 * complete.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1008 * return back to normal.
1009 *
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1012 *
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1014 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1015 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1017 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1019 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1020 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1021 * switch is complete.
1022 *
1023 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1024 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1025 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1026 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1027 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1028 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1029 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1030 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1031 *
1032 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1033 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1034 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1035 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1036 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1037 *
1038 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1039 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1040 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1041 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1042 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1043 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1044 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1045 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1046 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1047 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1048 * fail even if the check was successful.
1049 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1050 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1051 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1052 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1053 *
1054 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1055 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1056 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1057 *
1058 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1059 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1061 * network is determined by the network interface.
1062 *
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1064 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1065 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1066 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1068 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1069 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1070 * AP.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1072 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1073 * when this command completes.
1074 *
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1076 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1077 * management.
1078 *
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1080 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1081 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1082 *
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1084 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1085 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1086 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1087 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1088 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1089 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1090 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1091 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1092 * added.
1093 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1094 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1095 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1096 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1097 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1098 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1099 * of the function upon success.
1100 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1101 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1102 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1103 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1104 * which just terminated.
1105 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1106 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1107 * the response to this command.
1108 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1109 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1110 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1111 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1112 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1113 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1114 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1115 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1116 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1117 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1118 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1119 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1120 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1121 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1122 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1123 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1124 *
1125 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1126 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1127 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1128 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1129 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1130 *
1131 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1132 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1133 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1134 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1135 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1136 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1137 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1138 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1139 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1140 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1141 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1142 * should be indicated instead.
1143 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1144 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1145 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1146 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1147 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1148 * 802.11 headers.
1149 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1150 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1151 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1152 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1153 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1154 * address of that link.
1155 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1156 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1157 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1158 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1159 *
1160 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1161 *
1162 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1163 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1164 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1165 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1166 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1167 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1168 *
1169 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1170 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1171 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1172 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1173 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1174 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1175 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1176 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1177 * command interface.
1178 *
1179 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1180 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1181 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1182 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1183 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1184 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1185 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1186 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1187 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1188 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1189 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1190 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1191 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1192 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1193 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1194 * authentication.
1195 *
1196 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1197 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1198 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1199 *
1200 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1201 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1202 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1203 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1204 *
1205 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1206 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1207 *
1208 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1209 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1211 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1212 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1213 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1214 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1215 * the netlink extended ack message.
1216 *
1217 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1218 *
1219 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1220 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1221 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1222 * buffer size.
1223 *
1224 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1225 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1226 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1227 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1228 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1229 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1230 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1231 *
1232 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1233 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1234 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1235 * determining the width and type.
1236 *
1237 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1238 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1239 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1240 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1241 *
1242 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1243 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1244 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1245 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1246 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1247 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1248 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1249 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1250 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1251 * rate selection.
1252 *
1253 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1254 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1255 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1256 *
1257 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1258 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1259 *
1260 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1261 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1262 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1263 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1264 *
1265 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1266 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1267 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1268 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1269 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1270 *
1271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1272 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1273 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1276 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1277 *
1278 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1279 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1280 *
1281 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1282 * started
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1285 * been aborted
1286 *
1287 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1288 * has completed
1289 *
1290 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1291 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1292 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1293 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1294 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1295 *
1296 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1297 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1298 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1299 * specify the timeout value.
1300 *
1301 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1302 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1303 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1304 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1305 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1306 *
1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1308 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1309 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1310 *
1311 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1312 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1313 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1314 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1315 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1316 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1317 * HW timestamping.
1318 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1319 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1320 *
1321 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1322 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1323 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1324 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1325 *
1326 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1327 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1328 */
1329enum nl80211_commands {
1330/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1331 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1332
1333 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1334 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1335 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1336 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1337
1338 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1339 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1340 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1341 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1342
1343 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1344 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1345 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1346 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1347
1348 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1350 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1351 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1352 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1353 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1354
1355 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1356 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1357 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1358 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1359
1360 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1361 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1362 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1363 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1364
1365 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1366
1367 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1368 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1369
1370 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1371 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1372
1373 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1374
1375 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1376
1377 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1378 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1379 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1380 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1381
1382 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1383
1384 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1385 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1386 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1387 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1388
1389 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1390
1391 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1392
1393 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1394 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1395
1396 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1397
1398 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1399 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1400 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1401
1402 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1403
1404 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1405 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1406
1407 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1408 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1409 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1410
1411 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1412 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1413
1414 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1415
1416 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1417 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1418 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1419 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1420 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1421 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1422
1423 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1424 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1425
1426 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1427 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1428
1429 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1430 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1431
1432 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1433
1434 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1435 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1436
1437 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1438 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1439
1440 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1441
1442 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1443 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1444
1445 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1446 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1447 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1448 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1449
1450 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1451
1452 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1453
1454 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1455 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1456
1457 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1458
1459 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1460
1461 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1462
1463 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1464
1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1466
1467 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1468
1469 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1470 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1471
1472 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1473
1474 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1475
1476 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1477
1478 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1479
1480 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1481
1482 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1483 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1484
1485 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1486 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1487
1488 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1489 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1490
1491 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1492
1493 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1494
1495 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1496
1497 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1498 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1499
1500 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1501
1502 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1503 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1504
1505 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1506
1507 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1508 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1509
1510 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1511
1512 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1513
1514 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1515 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1516 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1517 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1518 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1519 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1520
1521 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1522
1523 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1524
1525 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1526 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1527
1528 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1529
1530 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1531
1532 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1533
1534 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1535
1536 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1537
1538 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1539
1540 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1541 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1542 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1543
1544 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1545
1546 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1547
1548 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1549
1550 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1551
1552 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1553
1554 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1555
1556 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1557
1558 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1559
1560 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1561
1562 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1563 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1564 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1565
1566 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1567
1568 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1569
1570 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1571 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1572
1573 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1574 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1575 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1576
1577 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1578
1579 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1580
1581 /* add new commands above here */
1582
1583 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1584 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1585 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1586};
1587
1588/*
1589 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1590 * here
1591 */
1592#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1593#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1594#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1595#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1596#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1597#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1598#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1599#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1600
1601#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1602
1603/* source-level API compatibility */
1604#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1605#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1606#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1607
1608/**
1609 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1614 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1618 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1619 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1620 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1621 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1623 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1624 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1626 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1627 * operating channel center frequency.
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1629 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1631 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1632 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1633 * this attribute)
1634 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1635 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1636 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1637 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1639 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1640 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1642 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1643 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1645 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1646 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1648 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1649 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1651 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1652 *
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1656 *
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1658 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1659 *
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1661 *
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1663 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1664 * keys
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1667 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1669 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1672 * default management key
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1674 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1676 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1677 *
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1682 *
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1685 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1687 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1689 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1690 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1692 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1694 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1695 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1696 *
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1698 * consisting of a nested array.
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1702 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1705 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1706 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1707 *
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1709 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1712 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1713 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1714 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1715 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1716 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1717 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1718 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1719 * to a specific alpha2.
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1721 * rules.
1722 *
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1725 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1727 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1729 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1730 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1731 *
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1733 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1734 *
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1736 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1737 * of the interface mode.
1738 *
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1740 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1741 *
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1743 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1744 *
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1746 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1748 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1750 * that can be added to a scan request
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1752 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1754 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1755 *
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1758 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1762 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1764 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1765 *
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1767 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1768 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1769 *
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1771 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1772 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1775 * represented as a u32
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1777 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1780 * a u32
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1783 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1784 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1785 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1786 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1788 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1789 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1790 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1791 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1794 * cipher suites
1795 *
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1797 * for other networks on different channels
1798 *
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1800 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1803 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1804 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1805 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1806 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1807 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1808 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1809 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1810 *
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1812 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1815 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1816 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1817 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1818 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1819 * default in station mode.
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1821 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1822 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1823 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1824 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1825 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1827 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1828 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1830 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1831 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1832 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1833 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1834 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1835 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1836 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1837 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1838 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1839 *
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1841 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1844 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1845 * a local disconnect request.
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1847 * event (u16)
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1849 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1850 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1851 *
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1853 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1854 * (an array of u32).
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1856 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1857 * u32).
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1859 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1860 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1862 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1863 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1864 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1865 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1866 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1867 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1868 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1869 *
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1871 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1873 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1874 *
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1876 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1877 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1878 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1879 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1880 *
1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1882 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1884 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1885 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1886 *
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1888 *
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1890 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1891 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1892 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1893 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1894 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1895 * completely from scratch.
1896 *
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1900 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1901 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1905 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1906 *
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1909 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1910 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1911 *
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1915 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1916 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1917 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1918 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1919 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1920 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1921 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1922 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1923 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1924 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1925 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1926 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1927 *
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1929 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1931 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1933 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1934 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1935 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1937 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1938 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1939 *
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1941 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1942 *
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1944 *
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1946 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1949 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1950 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1951 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1952 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1955 * connected to this BSS.
1956 *
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1958 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1960 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1961 * for non-automatic settings.
1962 *
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1964 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1967 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1968 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1969 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1970 *
1971 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1972 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1973 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1974 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1975 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1976 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1977 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1978 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1979 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1980 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1983 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1984 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1985 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1986 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1989 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1990 *
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1992 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1993 *
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1995 *
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1997 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1998 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1999 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2000 * nl80211 capability flag.
2001 *
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2005 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2006 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2007 *
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2009 * changed once the mesh is active.
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2011 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2013 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2014 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2016 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2017 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2018 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2019 *
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2021 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2023 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2024 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2025 * triggers.
2026 *
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2028 * cycles, in msecs.
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2031 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2032 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2033 * pass-thru filter rules.
2034 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2035 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2036 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2037 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2038 * able to ignore them by itself.
2039 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2040 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2041 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2042 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2043 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2044 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2045 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2046 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2047 *
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2049 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2050 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2052 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2053 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2054 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2055 *
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2057 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2058 *
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2060 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2061 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2062 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2063 *
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2065 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2066 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2067 *
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2069 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2070 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2071 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2073 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2074 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2075 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2076 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2077 *
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2079 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2081 * as AP.
2082 *
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2084 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2087 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2088 *
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2090 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2091 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2092 * applications use this attribute.
2093 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2094 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2095 *
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2097 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2098 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2100 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2102 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2104 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2106 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2107 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2108 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2109 *
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2111 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2112 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2113 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2114 *
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2116 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2117 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2118 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2119 *
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2121 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2123 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2124 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2125 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2126 *
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2128 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2129 * to be filled by the FW.
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2131 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2132 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2134 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2135 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2137 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2138 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2140 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2141 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2142 * The values that may be configured are:
2143 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2144 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2145 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2146 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2147 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2148 *
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2150 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2151 * to one DFS region.
2152 *
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2154 * up to 16 TIDs.
2155 *
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2157 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2158 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2159 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2160 * capability to timeout the stations.
2161 *
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2163 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2164 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2165 *
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2167 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2168 *
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2170 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2171 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2172 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2173 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2174 *
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2176 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2177 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2180 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2181 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2182 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2183 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2184 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2185 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2186 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2187 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2188 * consistent.
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2191 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2194 *
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2196 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2198 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2199 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2200 * no change is made.
2201 *
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2203 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2204 *
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2206 * carried in a u32 attribute
2207 *
2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2209 * MAC ACL.
2210 *
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2212 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2213 * ACL.
2214 *
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2216 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2217 *
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2219 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2220 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2222 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2223 *
2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2225 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2226 *
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2228 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2229 * and PU-APSD.
2230 *
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2232 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2233 *
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2235 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2236 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2237 *
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2241 * Element
2242 *
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2244 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2246 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2247 *
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2249 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2250 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2251 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2254 *
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2256 * until the channel switch event.
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2258 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2259 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2260 * was requested by the AP.
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2262 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2264 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2266 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2267 *
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2269 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2270 *
2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2272 *
2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2274 * operating classes.
2275 *
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2277 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2278 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2279 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2280 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2281 * IBSS network.
2282 *
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2284 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2286 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2287 *
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2289 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2290 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2291 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2292 * u8 attribute.
2293 *
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2295 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2298 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2300 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2301 *
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2303 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2304 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2305 *
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2308 *
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2310 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2311 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2312 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2313 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2314 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2315 *
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2317 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2319 * supported number of csa counters.
2320 *
2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2322 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2323 *
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2325 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2326 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2327 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2328 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2329 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2330 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2331 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2332 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2333 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2334 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2335 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2336 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2337 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2338 * multicast group.
2339 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2340 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2341 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2342 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2343 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2344 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2345 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2346 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2347 *
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2349 * the TDLS link initiator.
2350 *
2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2352 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2353 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2354 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2355 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2356 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2357 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2358 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2359 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2360 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2361 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2362 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2363 *
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2365 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2366 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2367 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2368 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2369 *
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2373 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2374 *
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2376 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2379 *
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2381 *
2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2383 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2384 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2385 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2386 *
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2388 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2389 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2390 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2391 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2392 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2393 *
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2395 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2396 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2397 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2398 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2399 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2400 * over all channels.
2401 *
2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2403 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2404 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2405 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2406
2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2408 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2409 *
2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2411 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2413 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2415 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2416 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2417 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2418 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2419 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2420 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2421 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2423 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2424 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2425 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2427 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2428 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2429 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2430 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2431 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2432 *
2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2434 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2435 *
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2437 *
2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2439 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2440 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2441 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2442 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2443 * present.
2444 *
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2446 * groupID for monitor mode.
2447 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2448 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2449 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2450 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2451 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2452 * each group.
2453 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2454 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2455 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2456 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2457 * groupID data.
2458 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2460 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2461 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2462 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2463 *
2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2465 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2466 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2467 * attribute must not be included).
2468 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2469 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2471 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2472 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2473 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2474 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2476 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2477 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2478 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2479 *
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2481 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2482 *
2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2484 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2485 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2486 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2487 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2489 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2490 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2491 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2492 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2493 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2494 * the device will decide what to use.
2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2496 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2497 * attribute.
2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2499 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2501 * protection.
2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2503 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2504 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2505 *
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2507 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2508 *
2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2510 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2511 *
2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2513 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2514 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2515 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2516 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2517 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2518 * unnecessary wakeups.
2519 *
2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2521 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2522 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2523 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2524 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2525 *
2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2527 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2528 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2529 *
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2531 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2532 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2533 *
2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2535 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2536 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2537 *
2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2539 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2540 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2541 *
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2543 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2544 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2545 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2546 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2547 *
2548 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2549 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2550 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2551 *
2552 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2553 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2554 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2555 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2556 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2557 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2558 * is included as well.
2559 *
2560 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2561 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2563 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2564 *
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2566 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2567 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2570 *
2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2572 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2573 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2574 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2575 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2576 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2577 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2578 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2579 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2580 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2581 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2582 *
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2584 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2585 *
2586 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2587 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2588 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2589 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2590 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2591 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2592 * enforced.
2593 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2594 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2596 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2597 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2598 *
2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2600 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2601 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2602 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2603 *
2604 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2605 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2606 *
2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2608 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2609 * invalid value.
2610 *
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2612 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2613 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2614 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2615 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2616 *
2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2618 * scheduler.
2619 *
2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2621 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2622 * possible values.
2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2624 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2625 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2626 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2627 * or per-station.
2628 *
2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2630 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2631 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2632 *
2633 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2634 *
2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2636 * functionality.
2637 *
2638 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2639 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2640 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2641 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2642 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2643 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2644 *
2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2646 * (u16).
2647 *
2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2649 *
2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2651 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2652 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2653 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2654 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2655 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2656 *
2657 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2658 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2659 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2660 * attributes.
2661 *
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2663 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2664 *
2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2666 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2667 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2668 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2669 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2670 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2671 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2672 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2673 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2674 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2675 *
2676 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2677 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2678 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2679 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2680 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2681 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2682 * has expired.
2683 *
2684 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2685 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2686 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2687 * disassociation is still forced.
2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2689 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2691 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2692 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2693 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2694 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2695 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2696 *
2697 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2698 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2699 *
2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2701 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2702 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2703 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2704 *
2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2706 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2707 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2708 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2709 *
2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2711 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2712 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2713 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2714 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2715 *
2716 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2717 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2718 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2719 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2720 *
2721 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2722 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2723 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2724 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2725 *
2726 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2727 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2728 * is desired.
2729 *
2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2731 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2732 *
2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2734 * until the color switch event.
2735 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2736 * switching to
2737 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2738 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2739 *
2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2741 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2742 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2743 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2744 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2745 * parameters.
2746 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2747 *
2748 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2749 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2750 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2751 *
2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2753 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2754 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2755 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2756 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2757 * radar channel.
2758 *
2759 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2760 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2761 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2762 *
2763 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2764 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2765 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2766 *
2767 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2768 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2770 * per-link information and a link ID.
2771 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2772 * authenticate/associate.
2773 *
2774 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2775 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2776 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2777 *
2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2779 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2780 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2781 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2782 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2783 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2784 *
2785 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2786 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2787 *
2788 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2789 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2790 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2791 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2792 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2793 * the ack TX timestamp.
2794 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2795 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2796 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2797 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2798 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2799 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2800 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2801 * (re)associations.
2802 *
2803 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2804 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2805 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2806 * reserved.
2807 *
2808 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2809 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2810 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2811 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2812 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2813 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2814 *
2815 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2816 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2817 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2818 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2819 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2820 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2821 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2822 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2823 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2824 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2825 *
2826 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2827 * disabled.
2828 *
2829 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2830 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2831 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2832 */
2833enum nl80211_attrs {
2834/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2835 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2836
2837 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2839
2840 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2843
2844 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2845
2846 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2847 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2849 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2851
2852 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2855 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2856
2857 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2858 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2860 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2862 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2863
2864 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2865
2866 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2867
2868 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2870 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2872
2873 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2874 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2875 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2876
2877 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2878
2879 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2880
2881 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2882 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2883
2884 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2885
2886 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2887
2888 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2889 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2891
2892 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2893
2894 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2895 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2896
2897 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2898
2899 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2901 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2902 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2903
2904 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2906
2907 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2908
2909 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2910 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2911 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2912 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2913
2914 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2915
2916 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2918
2919 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2920 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2923
2924
2925 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2926 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2928 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2929
2930 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2931
2932 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2933
2934 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2935
2936 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2937
2938 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2939
2940 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2941
2942 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2944
2945 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2947 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2949
2950 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2952
2953 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2957
2958 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2959
2960 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2961
2962 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2963
2964 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2966
2967 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2968
2969 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2970
2971 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2972
2973 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2974
2975 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2976
2977 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2978
2979 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2980
2981 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2982
2983 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2984
2985 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2986
2987 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2989
2990 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2991 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2993
2994 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2995 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2996
2997 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2998
2999 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3000 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3001
3002 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3003
3004 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3005
3006 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3007
3008 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3009
3010 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3011
3012 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3013
3014 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3015 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3016
3017 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3019
3020 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3021 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3022
3023 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3024
3025 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3026 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3027
3028 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3029
3030 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3031 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3032
3033 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3034
3035 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3036
3037 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3038 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3039
3040 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3041 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3042
3043 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3044
3045 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3046 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3047
3048 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3049
3050 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3051
3052 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3054 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3055 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3056 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3057
3058 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3059
3060 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3061
3062 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3063
3064 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3065
3066 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3067
3068 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3069
3070 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3071 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3072
3073 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3074
3075 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3076
3077 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3078
3079 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3082
3083 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3084
3085 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3086
3087 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3088
3089 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3090
3091 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3092
3093 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3094 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3096
3097 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3098 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3099
3100 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3101
3102 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3103
3104 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3105
3106 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3107
3108 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3109
3110 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3111 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3112
3113 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3114 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3115
3116 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3117 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3118
3119 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3120 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3121
3122 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3123 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3124
3125 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3126 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3127
3128 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3129
3130 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3131
3132 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3133 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3134 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3135 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3136 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3137
3138 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3139
3140 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3141
3142 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3143
3144 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3145
3146 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3147 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3148
3149 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3150
3151 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3152 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3153 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3154 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3155
3156 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3157
3158 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3159 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3160
3161 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3162
3163 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3164
3165 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3166
3167 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3169
3170 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3171
3172 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3173
3174 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3175
3176 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3177 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3179
3180 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3181
3182 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3183
3184 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3185
3186 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3187
3188 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3189
3190 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3191
3192 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3193
3194 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3195
3196 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3197
3198 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3199 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3200 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3202
3203 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3204
3205 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3206
3207 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3208
3209 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3210
3211 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3212
3213 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3215
3216 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3217 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3218 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3219 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3220
3221 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3222
3223 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3224 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3225 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3226 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3227
3228 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3229 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3230
3231 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3232
3233 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3234
3235 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3236 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3237
3238 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3239
3240 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3242 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3243 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3244 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3245
3246 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3247
3248 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3249 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3250
3251 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3252 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3253 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3254
3255 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3257
3258 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3259 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3260
3261 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3262
3263 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3264 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3265 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3267
3268 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3269
3270 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3271
3272 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3273
3274 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3275
3276 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3277
3278 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3279 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3280 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3281
3282 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3283
3284 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3285
3286 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3287
3288 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3289 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3290
3291 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3292
3293 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3294
3295 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3296
3297 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3298
3299 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3300
3301 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3302 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3303
3304 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3305 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3306 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3307 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3308
3309 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3310
3311 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3312
3313 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3314
3315 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3316 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3317
3318 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3319
3320 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3321
3322 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3323
3324 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3325
3326 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3327
3328 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3329 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3330 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3331
3332 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3333 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3334
3335 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3336
3337 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3338
3339 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3340
3341 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3342
3343 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3344 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3345 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3346
3347 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3348
3349 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3350
3351 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3352 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3353
3354 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3355 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3356 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3357
3358 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3359
3360 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3361 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3362
3363 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3364
3365 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3366
3367 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3368
3369 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3370 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3371 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3372};
3373
3374/* source-level API compatibility */
3375#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3376#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3377#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3378#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3379#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3380#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3381
3382/*
3383 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3384 * here
3385 */
3386#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3387#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3388#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3389#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3390#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3391#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3392#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3393#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3394#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3395#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3396#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3397#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3398#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3399#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3400#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3401#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3402#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3403#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3404#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3405#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3406#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3407
3408#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3409
3410#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3411#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3412#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3413#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3414#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3415#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3416#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3417#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3418#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3419#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3420#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3421
3422/*
3423 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3424 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3425 */
3426#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3427#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3428#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3429
3430#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3431
3432/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3433#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3434
3435#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3436
3437/**
3438 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3439 *
3440 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3441 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3442 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3443 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3444 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3445 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3446 * AP type interface.
3447 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3448 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3449 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3450 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3451 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3452 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3453 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3454 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3455 * commands to create and destroy one
3456 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3457 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3458 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3459 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3460 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3461 *
3462 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3463 * to set the type of an interface.
3464 *
3465 */
3466enum nl80211_iftype {
3467 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3468 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3469 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3470 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3471 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3472 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3473 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3474 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3475 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3476 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3477 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3478 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3479 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3480
3481 /* keep last */
3482 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3483 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3484};
3485
3486/**
3487 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3488 *
3489 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3490 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3491 *
3492 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3493 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3494 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3495 * with short barker preamble
3496 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3497 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3498 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3499 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3500 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3501 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3502 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3503 * as errors.)
3504 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3505 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3506 * previously added station into associated state
3507 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3508 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3509 */
3510enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3511 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3512 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3513 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3514 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3515 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3516 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3517 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3518 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3519
3520 /* keep last */
3521 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3522 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3523};
3524
3525/**
3526 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3527 *
3528 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3529 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3530 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3531 */
3532enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3533 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3534 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3535
3536 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3537};
3538
3539#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3540
3541/**
3542 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3543 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3544 * @set: which values to set them to
3545 *
3546 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3547 */
3548struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3549 __u32 mask;
3550 __u32 set;
3551} __attribute__((packed));
3552
3553/**
3554 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3555 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3556 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3557 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3558 */
3559enum nl80211_he_gi {
3560 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3561 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3562 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3563};
3564
3565/**
3566 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3567 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3568 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3569 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3570 */
3571enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3572 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3573 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3574 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3575};
3576
3577/**
3578 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3579 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3580 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3582 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3583 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3584 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3586 */
3587enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3588 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3589 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3590 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3591 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3592 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3593 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3594 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3595};
3596
3597/**
3598 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3599 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3600 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3601 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3602 */
3603enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3604 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3605 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3606 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3607};
3608
3609/**
3610 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3611 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3612 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3613 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3614 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3615 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3616 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3617 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3618 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3619 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3620 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3621 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3622 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3623 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3624 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3625 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3626 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3627 */
3628enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3634 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3635 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3636 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3637 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3638 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3639 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3640 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3641 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3642 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3643 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3644 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3645};
3646
3647/**
3648 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3649 *
3650 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3651 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3652 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3653 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3654 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3655 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3656 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3657 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3658 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3659 *
3660 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3661 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3662 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3663 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3664 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3665 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3666 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3667 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3668 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3669 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3670 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3671 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3672 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3673 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3674 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3675 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3676 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3677 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3678 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3679 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3680 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3681 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3682 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3683 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3684 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3685 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3686 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3687 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3688 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3689 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3690 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3691 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3692 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3693 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3694 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3695 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3696 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3697 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3698 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3699 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3700 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3701 */
3702enum nl80211_rate_info {
3703 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3704 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3705 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3706 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3707 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3708 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3709 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3710 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3711 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3712 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3713 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3714 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3715 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3716 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3717 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3718 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3719 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3720 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3721 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3722 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3723 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3724 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3725 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3726 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3727 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3728 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3729 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3730 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3731 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3732 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3733
3734 /* keep last */
3735 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3736 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3737};
3738
3739/**
3740 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3741 *
3742 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3743 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3744 *
3745 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3746 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3747 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3748 * (flag)
3749 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3750 * (flag)
3751 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3752 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3753 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3754 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3755 */
3756enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3757 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3758 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3759 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3760 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3761 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3762 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3763
3764 /* keep last */
3765 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3766 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3767};
3768
3769/**
3770 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3771 *
3772 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3773 * when getting information about a station.
3774 *
3775 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3776 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3777 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3778 * (u32, from this station)
3779 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3780 * (u32, to this station)
3781 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3782 * (u64, from this station)
3783 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3784 * (u64, to this station)
3785 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3786 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3787 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3788 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3789 * (u32, from this station)
3790 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3791 * (u32, to this station)
3792 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3793 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3794 * (u32, to this station)
3795 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3796 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3797 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3798 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3799 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3800 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3801 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3802 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3803 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3804 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3805 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3806 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3807 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3808 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3809 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3810 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3811 * non-peer STA
3812 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3813 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3814 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3815 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3816 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3817 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3818 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3819 * (u64)
3820 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3821 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3822 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3824 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3825 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3826 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3827 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3828 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3829 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3830 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3831 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3832 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3833 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3834 * (u32, from this station)
3835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3836 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3837 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3838 * might not be fully accurate.
3839 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3840 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3841 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3842 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3846 * of STA's association
3847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3848 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3849 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3851 */
3852enum nl80211_sta_info {
3853 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3854 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3855 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3856 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3857 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3858 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3859 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3860 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3861 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3862 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3863 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3864 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3865 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3866 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3867 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3868 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3869 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3870 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3871 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3872 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3873 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3874 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3875 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3876 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3877 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3878 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3879 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3880 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3881 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3882 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3883 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3884 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3885 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3886 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3887 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3888 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3889 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3890 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3891 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3892 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3893 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3894 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3895 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3896 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3897
3898 /* keep last */
3899 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3900 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3901};
3902
3903/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3904#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3905
3906
3907/**
3908 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3909 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3910 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3911 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3912 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3913 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3914 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3915 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3916 * MSDUs (u64)
3917 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3918 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3919 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3920 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3921 */
3922enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3923 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3924 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3925 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3926 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3927 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3928 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3929 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3930
3931 /* keep last */
3932 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3933 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3934};
3935
3936/**
3937 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3938 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3939 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3940 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3941 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3942 * backlogged
3943 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3944 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3945 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3946 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3947 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3948 * (only for per-phy stats)
3949 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3950 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3951 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3952 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3953 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3954 */
3955enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3956 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3957 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3958 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3959 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3960 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3961 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3962 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3963 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3964 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3965 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3966 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3967 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3968
3969 /* keep last */
3970 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3971 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3972};
3973
3974/**
3975 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3976 *
3977 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3978 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3979 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3980 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3981 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3982 */
3983enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3984 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3985 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3986 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3987 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3988 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3989};
3990
3991/**
3992 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3993 *
3994 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3995 * information about a mesh path.
3996 *
3997 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3998 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3999 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4000 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4001 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4002 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4003 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4004 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4005 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4006 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4007 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4008 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4009 * currently defined
4010 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4011 */
4012enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4013 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4014 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4015 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4016 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4017 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4018 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4019 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4020 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4021 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4022 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4023
4024 /* keep last */
4025 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4026 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4027};
4028
4029/**
4030 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4031 *
4032 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4033 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4034 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4035 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4036 * capabilities IE
4037 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4038 * capabilities IE
4039 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4040 * capabilities IE
4041 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4042 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4043 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4044 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4045 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4046 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4047 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4048 * capabilities element
4049 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4050 * capabilities element
4051 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4052 * capabilities element
4053 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4054 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4055 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4056 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4057 */
4058enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4059 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4060
4061 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4062 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4063 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4064 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4065 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4066 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4067 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4068 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4069 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4070 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4071 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4072
4073 /* keep last */
4074 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4075 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4076};
4077
4078/**
4079 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4080 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4081 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4082 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4083 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4084 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4085 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4086 * defined in 802.11n
4087 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4088 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4089 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4090 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4091 * defined in 802.11ac
4092 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4093 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4094 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4095 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4096 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4097 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4098 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4099 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4100 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4101 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4102 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4103 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4104 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4105 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4106 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4107 */
4108enum nl80211_band_attr {
4109 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4110 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4111 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4112
4113 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4114 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4115 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4116 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4117
4118 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4119 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4120 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4121
4122 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4123 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4124
4125 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4126 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4127
4128 /* keep last */
4129 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4130 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4131};
4132
4133#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4134
4135/**
4136 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4137 *
4138 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4139 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4140 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4141 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4142 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4143 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4144 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4145 */
4146enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4147 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4148 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4149 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4150 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4151 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4152
4153 /* keep last */
4154 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4155 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4156};
4157
4158/**
4159 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4160 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4161 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4162 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4163 * regulatory domain.
4164 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4165 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4166 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4167 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4168 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4169 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4170 * (100 * dBm).
4171 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4172 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4173 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4174 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4175 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4176 * channel as the control channel
4177 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4178 * channel as the control channel
4179 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4180 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4181 * this includes 80+80 channels
4182 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4183 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4184 * isn't possible
4185 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4186 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4187 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4188 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4189 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4190 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4191 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4192 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4193 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4194 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4195 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4196 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4197 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4198 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4199 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4200 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4201 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4202 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4203 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4204 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4205 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4206 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4207 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4208 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4209 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4210 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4211 * in current regulatory domain.
4212 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4213 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4214 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4215 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4216 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4217 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4218 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4219 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4220 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4221 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4222 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4223 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4224 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4225 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4226 * in current regulatory domain.
4227 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4228 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4229 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4230 * currently defined
4231 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4232 *
4233 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4234 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4235 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4236 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4237 */
4238enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4239 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4240 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4241 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4242 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4243 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4244 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4245 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4246 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4247 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4248 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4249 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4250 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4251 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4252 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4253 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4254 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4255 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4256 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4257 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4258 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4259 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4260 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4261 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4262 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4263 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4264 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4265 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4266 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4267 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4268
4269 /* keep last */
4270 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4271 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4272};
4273
4274#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4275#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4276#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4277#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4278#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4279 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4280
4281/**
4282 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4283 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4284 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4285 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4286 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4287 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4288 * currently defined
4289 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4290 */
4291enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4292 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4293 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4294 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4295
4296 /* keep last */
4297 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4298 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4299};
4300
4301/**
4302 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4303 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4304 * regulatory domain.
4305 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4306 * regulatory domain.
4307 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4308 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4309 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4310 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4311 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4312 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4313 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4314 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4315 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4316 */
4317enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4318 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4319 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4320 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4321 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4322};
4323
4324/**
4325 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4326 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4327 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4328 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4329 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4330 * domain.
4331 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4332 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4333 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4334 * them to be applied.
4335 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4336 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4337 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4338 * domain request to be processed.
4339 */
4340enum nl80211_reg_type {
4341 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4342 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4343 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4344 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4345};
4346
4347/**
4348 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4349 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4350 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4351 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4352 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4353 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4354 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4355 * band edge.
4356 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4357 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4358 * band edge.
4359 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4360 * frequency range, in KHz.
4361 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4362 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4363 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4364 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4365 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4366 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4367 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4368 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4369 * This could be negative.
4370 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4371 * currently defined
4372 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4373 */
4374enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4375 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4376 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4377
4378 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4379 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4380 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4381
4382 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4383 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4384
4385 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4386
4387 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4388
4389 /* keep last */
4390 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4391 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4392};
4393
4394/**
4395 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4396 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4397 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4398 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4399 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4400 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4401 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4402 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4403 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4404 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4405 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4406 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4407 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4408 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4409 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4410 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4411 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4412 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4413 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4414 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4415 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4416 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4417 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4418 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4419 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4420 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4421 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4422 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4423 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4424 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4425 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4426 * attribute number currently defined
4427 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4428 */
4429enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4430 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4431
4432 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4433 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4434 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4435 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4436 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4437 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4438
4439 /* keep last */
4440 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4441 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4442 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4443};
4444
4445/* only for backward compatibility */
4446#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4447
4448/**
4449 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4450 *
4451 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4452 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4453 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4454 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4455 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4456 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4457 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4458 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4459 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4460 * beaconing.
4461 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4462 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4463 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4464 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4465 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4466 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4467 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4468 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4469 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4470 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4471 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4472 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4473 */
4474enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4475 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4476 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4477 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4478 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4479 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4480 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4481 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4482 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4483 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4484 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4485 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4486 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4487 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4488 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4489 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4490 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4491 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18,
4492 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1<<19,
4493 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1<<20,
4494};
4495
4496#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4497#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4498#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4499#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4500 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4501#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4502
4503/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4504#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4505
4506/**
4507 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4508 *
4509 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4510 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4511 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4512 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4513 */
4514enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4515 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4516 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4517 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4518 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4519};
4520
4521/**
4522 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4523 *
4524 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4525 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4526 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4527 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4528 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4529 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4530 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4531 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4532 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4533 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4534 * supported feature.
4535 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4536 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4537 */
4538enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4539 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4540 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4541 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4542};
4543
4544/**
4545 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4546 *
4547 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4548 * when getting information about a survey.
4549 *
4550 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4551 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4552 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4553 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4554 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4555 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4556 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4557 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4558 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4559 * channel was sensed busy
4560 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4561 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4562 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4563 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4564 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4565 * (on this channel or globally)
4566 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4567 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4568 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4569 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4570 * currently defined
4571 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4572 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4573 */
4574enum nl80211_survey_info {
4575 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4576 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4577 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4578 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4579 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4580 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4581 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4582 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4583 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4584 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4585 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4586 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4587 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4588
4589 /* keep last */
4590 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4591 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4592};
4593
4594/* keep old names for compatibility */
4595#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4596#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4597#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4598#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4599#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4600
4601/**
4602 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4603 *
4604 * Monitor configuration flags.
4605 *
4606 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4607 *
4608 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4609 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4610 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4611 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4612 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4613 * overrides all other flags.
4614 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4615 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4616 *
4617 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4618 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4619 */
4620enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4621 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4622 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4623 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4624 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4625 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4626 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4627 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4628
4629 /* keep last */
4630 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4631 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4632};
4633
4634/**
4635 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4636 *
4637 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4638 * not known or has not been set yet.
4639 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4640 * in Awake state all the time.
4641 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4642 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4643 * neighbor's beacons.
4644 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4645 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4646 * for neighbor's beacons.
4647 *
4648 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4649 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4650 */
4651
4652enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4653 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4654 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4655 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4656 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4657
4658 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4659 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4660};
4661
4662/**
4663 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4664 *
4665 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4666 * active.
4667 *
4668 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4669 *
4670 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4671 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4672 *
4673 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4674 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4675 *
4676 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4677 * millisecond units
4678 *
4679 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4680 * on this mesh interface
4681 *
4682 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4683 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4684 * mesh
4685 *
4686 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4687 * point.
4688 *
4689 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4690 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4691 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4692 * set.
4693 *
4694 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4695 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4696 * target)
4697 *
4698 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4699 * (in milliseconds)
4700 *
4701 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4702 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4703 *
4704 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4705 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4706 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4707 *
4708 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4709 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4710 * reference element
4711 *
4712 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4713 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4714 * mesh
4715 *
4716 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4717 *
4718 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4719 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4720 *
4721 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4722 * root announcements are transmitted.
4723 *
4724 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4725 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4726 * Announcement frames.
4727 *
4728 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4729 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4730 * PERR element.
4731 *
4732 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4733 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4734 *
4735 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4736 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4737 * a peer link.
4738 *
4739 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4740 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4741 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4742 *
4743 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4744 *
4745 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4746 *
4747 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4748 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4749 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4750 *
4751 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4752 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4753 *
4754 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4755 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4756 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4757 *
4758 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4759 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4760 *
4761 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4762 *
4763 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4764 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4765 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4766 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4767 *
4768 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4769 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4770 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4771 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4772 *
4773 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4774 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4775 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4776 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4777 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4778 *
4779 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4780 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4781 * in the mesh formation field.
4782 *
4783 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4784 */
4785enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4786 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4787 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4788 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4789 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4790 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4791 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4792 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4793 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4794 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4795 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4796 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4797 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4798 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4799 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4800 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4801 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4802 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4803 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4804 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4805 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4806 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4807 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4808 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4809 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4810 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4811 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4812 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4813 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4814 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4815 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4816 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4817 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4818
4819 /* keep last */
4820 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4821 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4822};
4823
4824/**
4825 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4826 *
4827 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4828 * changed while the mesh is active.
4829 *
4830 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4831 *
4832 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4833 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4834 * default HWMP.
4835 *
4836 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4837 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4838 * metric.
4839 *
4840 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4841 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4842 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4843 * metrics in use.
4844 *
4845 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4846 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4847 *
4848 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4849 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4850 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4851 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4852 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4853 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4854 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4855 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4856 * userspace daemon.
4857 *
4858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4859 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4860 * neighbor offset synchronization
4861 *
4862 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4863 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4864 *
4865 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4866 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4867 * Default is no authentication method required.
4868 *
4869 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4870 *
4871 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4872 */
4873enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4874 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4875 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4876 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4877 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4878 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4879 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4880 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4881 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4882 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4883
4884 /* keep last */
4885 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4886 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4887};
4888
4889/**
4890 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4891 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4892 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4893 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4894 * disabled
4895 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4896 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4897 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4898 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4899 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4900 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4901 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4902 */
4903enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4904 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4905 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4906 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4907 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4908 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4909 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4910
4911 /* keep last */
4912 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4913 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4914};
4915
4916enum nl80211_ac {
4917 NL80211_AC_VO,
4918 NL80211_AC_VI,
4919 NL80211_AC_BE,
4920 NL80211_AC_BK,
4921 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4922};
4923
4924/* backward compat */
4925#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4926#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4927#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4928#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4929#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4930
4931/**
4932 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4933 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4934 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4935 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4936 * below the control channel
4937 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4938 * above the control channel
4939 */
4940enum nl80211_channel_type {
4941 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4942 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4943 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4944 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4945};
4946
4947/**
4948 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4949 *
4950 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4951 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4952 *
4953 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4954 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4955 *
4956 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4957 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4958 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4959 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4960 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4961 */
4962enum nl80211_key_mode {
4963 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4964 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4965 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4966};
4967
4968/**
4969 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4970 *
4971 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4972 * attribute.
4973 *
4974 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4975 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4976 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4977 * attribute must be provided as well
4978 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4979 * attribute must be provided as well
4980 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4981 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4982 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4983 * attribute must be provided as well
4984 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4985 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4986 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4987 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4988 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4989 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4990 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4991 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4992 * attribute must be provided as well
4993 */
4994enum nl80211_chan_width {
4995 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4996 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4997 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4998 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4999 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5000 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5001 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5002 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5003 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5004 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5005 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5006 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5007 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5008 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5009};
5010
5011/**
5012 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5013 *
5014 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5015 *
5016 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5017 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5018 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5019 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5020 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5021 */
5022enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5023 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5024 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5025 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5026 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5027 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5028};
5029
5030/**
5031 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5032 *
5033 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5034 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5035 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5036 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5037 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5038 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5039 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5040 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5041 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5042 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5043 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5044 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5045 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5046 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5047 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5048 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5049 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5050 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5051 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5052 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5053 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5054 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5055 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5056 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5057 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5058 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5059 * yet been received
5060 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5061 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5062 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5063 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5064 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5065 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5066 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5067 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5068 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5069 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5070 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5071 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5072 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5073 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5074 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5075 * is set.
5076 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5077 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5078 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5079 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5080 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5081 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5082 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5083 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5084 */
5085enum nl80211_bss {
5086 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5087 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5088 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5089 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5090 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5091 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5092 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5093 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5094 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5095 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5096 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5097 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5098 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5099 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5100 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5101 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5102 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5103 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5104 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5105 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5106 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5107 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5108 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5109
5110 /* keep last */
5111 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5112 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5113};
5114
5115/**
5116 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5117 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5118 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5119 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5120 * a given BSS.
5121 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5122 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5123 *
5124 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5125 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5126 */
5127enum nl80211_bss_status {
5128 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5129 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5130 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5131};
5132
5133/**
5134 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5135 *
5136 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5137 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5138 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5139 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5140 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5141 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5142 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5143 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5144 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5145 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5146 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5147 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5148 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5149 */
5150enum nl80211_auth_type {
5151 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5152 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5153 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5154 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5155 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5156 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5157 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5158 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5159
5160 /* keep last */
5161 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5162 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5163 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5164};
5165
5166/**
5167 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5168 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5169 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5170 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5171 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5172 */
5173enum nl80211_key_type {
5174 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5175 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5176 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5177
5178 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5179};
5180
5181/**
5182 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5183 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5184 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5185 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5186 */
5187enum nl80211_mfp {
5188 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5189 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5190 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5191};
5192
5193enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5194 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5195 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5196 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5197};
5198
5199/**
5200 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5201 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5202 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5203 * unicast key
5204 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5205 * multicast key
5206 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5207 */
5208enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5209 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5210 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5211 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5212
5213 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5214};
5215
5216/**
5217 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5218 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5219 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5220 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5221 * keys
5222 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5223 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5224 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5225 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5226 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5227 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5228 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5229 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5230 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5231 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5232 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5233 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5234 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5235 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5236 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5237 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5238 *
5239 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5240 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5241 */
5242enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5243 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5244 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5245 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5246 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5247 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5248 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5249 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5250 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5251 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5252 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5253 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5254
5255 /* keep last */
5256 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5257 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5258};
5259
5260/**
5261 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5262 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5263 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5264 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5265 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5266 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5267 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5268 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5269 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5270 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5271 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5272 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5273 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5274 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5275 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5276 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5277 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5278 */
5279enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5280 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5281 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5282 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5283 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5284 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5285 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5286 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5287 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5288
5289 /* keep last */
5290 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5291 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5292};
5293
5294#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5295#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5296
5297/**
5298 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5299 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5300 */
5301struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5302 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5303};
5304
5305#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5306/**
5307 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5308 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5309 */
5310struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5311 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5312};
5313
5314enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5315 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5316 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5317 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5318};
5319
5320/**
5321 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5322 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5323 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5324 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5325 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5326 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5327 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5328 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5329 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5330 */
5331enum nl80211_band {
5332 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5333 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5334 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5335 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5336 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5337 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5338
5339 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5340};
5341
5342/**
5343 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5344 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5345 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5346 */
5347enum nl80211_ps_state {
5348 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5349 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5350};
5351
5352/**
5353 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5354 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5355 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5356 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5357 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5358 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5359 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5360 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5361 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5362 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5363 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5364 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5366 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5367 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5368 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5369 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5370 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5371 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5372 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5373 * checked.
5374 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5375 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5376 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5377 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5378 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5379 * loss event
5380 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5381 * RSSI threshold event.
5382 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5383 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5384 */
5385enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5386 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5387 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5388 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5389 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5390 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5391 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5392 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5393 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5394 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5395 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5396
5397 /* keep last */
5398 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5399 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5400};
5401
5402/**
5403 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5404 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5405 * configured threshold
5406 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5407 * configured threshold
5408 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5409 */
5410enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5411 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5412 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5413 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5414};
5415
5416
5417/**
5418 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5419 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5420 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5421 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5422 */
5423enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5424 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5425 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5426 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5427};
5428
5429/**
5430 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5431 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5432 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5433 */
5434enum nl80211_tid_config {
5435 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5436 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5437};
5438
5439/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5440 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5441 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5442 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5443 */
5444enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5445 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5446 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5447 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5448};
5449
5450/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5451 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5452 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5453 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5454 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5455 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5456 * per peer instead.
5457 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5458 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5459 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5460 * should be left untouched.
5461 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5462 * Its type is u16.
5463 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5464 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5465 * Its type is u8.
5466 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5467 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5468 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5469 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5470 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5471 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5472 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5473 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5474 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5475 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5476 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5477 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5478 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5479 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5480 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5481 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5482 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5483 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5484 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5485 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5486 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5487 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5488 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5489 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5490 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5491 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5492 * station.
5493 */
5494enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5495 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5496 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5497 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5498 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5499 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5500 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5501 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5502 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5503 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5504 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5505 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5506 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5507 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5508 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5509
5510 /* keep last */
5511 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5512 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5513};
5514
5515/**
5516 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5517 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5518 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5519 * a zero bit are ignored
5520 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5521 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5522 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5523 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5524 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5525 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5526 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5527 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5528 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5529 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5530 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5531 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5532 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5533 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5534 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5535 */
5536enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5537 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5538 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5539 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5540 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5541
5542 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5543 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5544};
5545
5546/**
5547 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5548 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5549 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5550 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5551 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5552 *
5553 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5554 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5555 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5556 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5557 * by the kernel to userspace.
5558 */
5559struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5560 __u32 max_patterns;
5561 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5562 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5563 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5564} __attribute__((packed));
5565
5566/* only for backward compatibility */
5567#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5568#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5569#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5570#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5571#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5572#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5573#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5574
5575/**
5576 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5577 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5578 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5579 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5580 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5581 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5582 * any others are even supported by the device.
5583 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5584 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5585 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5586 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5587 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5588 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5589 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5590 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5591 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5592 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5593 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5594 *
5595 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5596 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5597 *
5598 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5599 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5600 * to the kernel when configuring.
5601 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5602 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5603 * by the device (flag)
5604 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5605 * done by the device) (flag)
5606 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5607 * packet (flag)
5608 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5609 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5610 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5611 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5612 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5613 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5614 * attribute contains the original length.
5615 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5616 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5617 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5618 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5619 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5620 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5621 * contains the original length.
5622 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5623 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5624 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5625 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5626 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5627 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5628 * the TCP connection.
5629 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5630 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5631 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5632 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5633 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5634 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5635 * service
5636 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5637 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5638 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5639 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5640 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5641 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5642 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5643 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5644 * supported by the driver (u32).
5645 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5646 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5647 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5648 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5649 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5650 * occurred.
5651 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5652 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5653 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5654 * these attributes must be present. If
5655 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5656 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5657 * channel.
5658 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5659 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5660 *
5661 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5662 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5663 */
5664enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5665 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5666 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5667 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5668 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5669 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5670 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5671 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5672 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5673 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5674 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5675 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5676 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5677 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5678 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5679 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5680 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5681 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5682 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5683 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5684 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5685
5686 /* keep last */
5687 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5688 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5689};
5690
5691/**
5692 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5693 *
5694 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5695 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5696 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5697 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5698 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5699 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5700 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5701 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5702 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5703 *
5704 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5705 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5706 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5707 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5708 * also woken up.
5709 *
5710 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5711 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5712 */
5713
5714/**
5715 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5716 * @start: starting value
5717 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5718 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5719 *
5720 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5721 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5722 * in little endian.
5723 */
5724struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5725 __u32 start, offset, len;
5726};
5727
5728/**
5729 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5730 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5731 * @len: length of each token
5732 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5733 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5734 */
5735struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5736 __u32 offset, len;
5737 __u8 token_stream[];
5738};
5739
5740/**
5741 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5742 * @min_len: minimum token length
5743 * @max_len: maximum token length
5744 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5745 */
5746struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5747 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5748};
5749
5750/**
5751 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5752 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5753 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5754 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5755 * (in network byte order)
5756 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5757 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5758 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5759 * might require ARP querying.
5760 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5761 * socket and port will be allocated
5762 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5763 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5764 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5765 * of the data payload.
5766 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5767 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5768 * advertising it is just a flag
5769 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5770 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5771 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5772 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5773 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5774 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5775 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5776 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5777 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5778 * but on the TCP payload only.
5779 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5780 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5781 */
5782enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5783 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5784 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5785 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5786 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5787 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5788 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5789 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5790 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5791 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5792 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5793 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5794 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5795
5796 /* keep last */
5797 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5798 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5799};
5800
5801/**
5802 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5803 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5804 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5805 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5806 *
5807 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5808 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5809 */
5810struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5811 __u32 max_rules;
5812 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5813 __u32 max_delay;
5814} __attribute__((packed));
5815
5816/**
5817 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5818 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5819 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5820 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5821 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5822 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5823 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5824 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5825 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5826 */
5827enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5828 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5829 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5830 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5831 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5832
5833 /* keep last */
5834 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5835 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5836};
5837
5838/**
5839 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5840 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5841 * in a rule are matched.
5842 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5843 * in a rule are not matched.
5844 */
5845enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5846 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5847 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5848};
5849
5850/**
5851 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5852 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5853 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5854 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5855 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5856 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5857 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5858 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5859 */
5860enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5861 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5862 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5863 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5864
5865 /* keep last */
5866 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5867 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5868};
5869
5870/**
5871 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5872 *
5873 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5874 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5875 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5876 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5877 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5878 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5879 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5880 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5881 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5882 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5883 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5884 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5885 * different channels may be used within this group.
5886 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5887 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5888 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5889 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5890 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5891 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5892 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5893 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5894 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5895 *
5896 * Examples:
5897 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5898 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5899 *
5900 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5901 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5902 *
5903 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5904 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5905 *
5906 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5907 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5908 *
5909 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5910 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5911 * that any of these groups must match.
5912 *
5913 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5914 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5915 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5916 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5917 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5918 */
5919enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5920 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5921 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5922 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5923 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5924 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5925 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5926 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5927 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5928
5929 /* keep last */
5930 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5931 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5932};
5933
5934
5935/**
5936 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5937 *
5938 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5939 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5940 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5941 * this mesh peer
5942 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5943 * from this mesh peer
5944 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5945 * received from this mesh peer
5946 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5947 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5948 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5949 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5950 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5951 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5952 */
5953enum nl80211_plink_state {
5954 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5955 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5956 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5957 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5958 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5959 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5960 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5961
5962 /* keep last */
5963 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5964 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5965};
5966
5967/**
5968 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5969 *
5970 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5971 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5972 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5973 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5974 */
5975enum plink_actions {
5976 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5977 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5978 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5979
5980 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5981};
5982
5983
5984#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5985#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5986#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5987#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5988#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
5989#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5990
5991/**
5992 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5993 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5994 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5995 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5996 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5997 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5998 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5999 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6000 */
6001enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6002 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6003 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6004 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6005 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6006 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6007
6008 /* keep last */
6009 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6010 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6011};
6012
6013/**
6014 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6015 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6016 * Beacon frames)
6017 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6018 * in Beacon frames
6019 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6020 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6021 */
6022enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6023 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6024 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6025 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6026};
6027
6028/**
6029 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6030 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6031 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6032 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6033 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6034 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6035 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6036 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6037 */
6038enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6039 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6040 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6041 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6042
6043 /* keep last */
6044 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6045 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6046};
6047
6048/**
6049 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6050 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6051 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6052 * priority)
6053 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6054 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6055 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6056 * (internal)
6057 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6058 * (internal)
6059 */
6060enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6061 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6062 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6063 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6064 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6065
6066 /* keep last */
6067 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6068 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6069};
6070
6071/**
6072 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6073 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6074 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6075 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6076 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6077 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6078 */
6079enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6080 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6081 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6082 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6083 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6084 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6085};
6086
6087/**
6088 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6089 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6090 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6091 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6092 */
6093enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6094 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6095};
6096
6097/**
6098 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6099 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6100 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6101 * socket option.
6102 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6103 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6104 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6105 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6106 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6107 * cellular base stations.
6108 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6109 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6110 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6111 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6112 * mode
6113 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6114 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6115 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6116 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6117 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6118 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6119 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6120 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6121 * setting
6122 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6123 * powersave
6124 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6125 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6126 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6127 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6128 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6129 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6130 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6131 * states using station flags.
6132 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6133 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6134 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6135 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6136 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6137 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6138 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6139 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6140 * still generated by the driver.
6141 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6142 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6143 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6144 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6145 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6146 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6147 * lifetime of a BSS.
6148 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6149 * Set IE to probe requests.
6150 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6151 * to probe requests.
6152 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6153 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6154 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6155 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6156 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6157 * Measurement Report action frame.
6158 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6159 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6160 * to enable dynack.
6161 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6162 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6163 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6164 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6165 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6166 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6167 * rts/cts handshake.
6168 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6169 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6170 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6171 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6172 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6173 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6174 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6175 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6176 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6177 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6178 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6179 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6180 * address mask/value will be used.
6181 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6182 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6183 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6184 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6185 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6186 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6187 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6188 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6189 */
6190enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6191 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6192 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6193 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6194 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6195 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6196 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6197 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6198 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6199 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6200 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6201 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6202 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6203 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6204 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6205 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6206 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6207 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6208 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6209 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6210 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6211 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6212 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6213 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6214 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6215 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6216 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6217 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6218 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6219 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6220 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6221 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6222 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6223};
6224
6225/**
6226 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6227 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6228 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6229 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6230 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6231 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6232 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6233 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6234 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6235 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6236 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6237 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6238 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6239 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6240 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6241 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6242 * (if available).
6243 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6244 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6245 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6246 * (if available).
6247 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6248 * channel dwell time.
6249 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6250 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6251 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6252 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6253 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6254 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6255 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6256 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6257 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6258 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6259 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6260 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6261 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6262 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6263 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6264 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6265 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6266 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6267 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6268 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6269 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6270 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6271 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6272 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6273 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6274 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6275 * be supported.
6276 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6277 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6278 * actual dwell time.
6279 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6280 * response
6281 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6282 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6284 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6285 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6286 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6287 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6288 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6289 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6290 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6291 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6292 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6293 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6294 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6295 * "radar detected" event.
6296 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6297 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6298 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6299 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6300 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6301 * TXQs.
6302 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6303 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6304 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6305 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6306 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6307 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6308 * timing measurement responder role.
6309 *
6310 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6311 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6312 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6313 * freeze the connection.
6314 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6315 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6316 *
6317 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6318 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6319 * scheduling.
6320 *
6321 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6322 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6323 *
6324 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6325 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6326 *
6327 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6328 * to a station.
6329 *
6330 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6331 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6332 *
6333 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6334 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6335 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6336 *
6337 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6338 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6339 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6340 *
6341 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6342 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6344 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6345 *
6346 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6347 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6348 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6349 *
6350 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6351 *
6352 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6353 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6354 *
6355 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6356 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6357 *
6358 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6359 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6360 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6361 * included in the scan request.
6362 *
6363 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6364 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6365 *
6366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6367 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6368 *
6369 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6370 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6371 * command).
6372 *
6373 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6374 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6375 *
6376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6377 * frames transmission
6378 *
6379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6380 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6381 *
6382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6383 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6384 *
6385 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6386 * exchange protocol.
6387 *
6388 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6389 * exchange protocol.
6390 *
6391 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6392 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6393 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6394 *
6395 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6396 * detection and change announcemnts.
6397 *
6398 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6399 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6400 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6401 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6402 *
6403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6404 * detection.
6405 *
6406 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6407 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6408 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6409 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6410 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6411 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6412 * in progress, and no active connections.
6413 *
6414 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6415 *
6416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6417 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6418 *
6419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6420 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6421 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6422 *
6423 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6424 * handling in station mode.
6425 *
6426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6427 * handling in AP mode.
6428 *
6429 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6430 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6431 */
6432enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6433 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6434 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6435 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6436 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6437 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6438 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6439 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6440 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6441 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6442 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6443 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6444 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6445 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6446 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6447 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6448 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6449 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6450 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6451 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6452 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6453 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6454 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6455 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6456 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6457 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6458 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6459 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6460 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6461 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6469 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6470 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6471 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6472 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6473 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6474 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6475 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6476 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6477 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6478 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6479 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6480 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6481 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6482 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6483 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6484 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6485 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6486 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6487 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6489 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6490 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6502
6503 /* add new features before the definition below */
6504 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6505 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6506};
6507
6508/**
6509 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6510 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6511 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6512 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6513 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6514 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6515 * to the host.
6516 *
6517 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6518 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6519 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6520 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6521 */
6522enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6523 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6524 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6525 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6526 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6527};
6528
6529/**
6530 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6531 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6532 * handled by the AP is reached.
6533 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6534 */
6535enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6536 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6537 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6538};
6539
6540/**
6541 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6542 *
6543 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6544 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6545 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6546 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6547 */
6548enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6549 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6550 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6551 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6552 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6553};
6554
6555/**
6556 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6557 *
6558 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6559 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6560 * requests.
6561 *
6562 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6563 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6564 * one of them can be used in the request.
6565 *
6566 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6567 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6568 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6569 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6570 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6571 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6572 * when really needed
6573 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6574 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6575 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6576 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6577 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6578 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6579 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6580 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6581 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6582 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6583 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6584 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6585 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6586 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6587 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6588 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6589 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6590 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6591 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6592 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6593 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6594 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6595 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6596 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6597 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6598 * impacted with this flag.
6599 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6600 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6601 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6602 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6603 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6604 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6605 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6606 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6607 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6608 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6609 * possible.
6610 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6611 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6612 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6613 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6614 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6615 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6616 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6617 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6618 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6619 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6620 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6621 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6622 * probe requests on non PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6623 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6624 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6625 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6626 */
6627enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6628 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6629 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6630 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6631 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6632 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6633 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6634 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6635 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6636 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6637 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6638 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6639 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6640 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6641 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6642 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6643};
6644
6645/**
6646 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6647 *
6648 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6649 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6650 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6651 *
6652 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6653 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6654 * in ACL to authenticate.
6655 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6656 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6657 */
6658enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6659 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6660 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6661};
6662
6663/**
6664 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6665 *
6666 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6667 *
6668 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6669 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6670 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6671 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6672 */
6673enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6674 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6675 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6676 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6677
6678 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6679 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6680};
6681
6682/**
6683 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6684 *
6685 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6686 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6687 *
6688 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6689 * now unusable.
6690 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6691 * the channel is now available.
6692 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6693 * change to the channel status.
6694 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6695 * over, channel becomes usable.
6696 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6697 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6698 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6699 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6700 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6701 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6702 */
6703enum nl80211_radar_event {
6704 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6705 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6706 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6707 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6708 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6709 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6710};
6711
6712/**
6713 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6714 *
6715 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6716 *
6717 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6718 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6719 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6720 * is therefore marked as not available.
6721 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6722 */
6723enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6724 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6725 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6726 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6727};
6728
6729/**
6730 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6731 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6732 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6733 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6734 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6735 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6736 */
6737enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6738 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6739};
6740
6741/**
6742 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6743 *
6744 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6745 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6746 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6747 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6748 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6749 */
6750enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6751 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6752 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6753 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6754 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6755 /* add other protocols before this one */
6756 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6757};
6758
6759/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6760#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6761
6762/**
6763 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6764 *
6765 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6766 *
6767 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6768 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6769 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6770 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6771 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6772 */
6773enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6774 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6775 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6776};
6777
6778/*
6779 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6780 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6781 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6782 */
6783#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6784
6785/**
6786 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6787 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6788 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6789 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6790 * added to this file when needed.
6791 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6792 */
6793struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6794 __u32 vendor_id;
6795 __u32 subcmd;
6796};
6797
6798/**
6799 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6800 *
6801 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6802 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6803 *
6804 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6805 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6806 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6807 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6808 */
6809enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6810 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6811 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6812 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6813 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6814};
6815
6816/**
6817 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6818 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6819 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6820 * seconds (u32).
6821 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6822 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6823 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6824 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6825 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6826 * currently defined
6827 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6828 */
6829enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6830 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6831 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6832 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6833
6834 /* keep last */
6835 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6836 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6837 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6838};
6839
6840/**
6841 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6842 *
6843 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6844 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6845 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6846 */
6847struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6848 __u8 band;
6849 __s8 delta;
6850} __attribute__((packed));
6851
6852/**
6853 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6854 *
6855 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6856 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6857 * is requested.
6858 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6859 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6860 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6861 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6862 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6863 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6864 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6865 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6866 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6867 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6868 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6869 *
6870 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6871 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6872 * which the driver shall use.
6873 */
6874enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6875 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6876 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6877 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6878 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6879
6880 /* keep last */
6881 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6882 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6883};
6884
6885/**
6886 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6887 *
6888 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6889 *
6890 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6891 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6892 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6893 */
6894enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6895 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6896 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6897 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6898
6899 /* keep last */
6900 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6901 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6902};
6903
6904/**
6905 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6906 *
6907 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6908 *
6909 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6910 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6911 */
6912enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6913 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6914 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6915};
6916
6917/**
6918 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6919 *
6920 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6921 *
6922 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6923 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6924 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6925 */
6926enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6927 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6928 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6929 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6930};
6931
6932#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6933#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6934#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6935
6936/**
6937 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6938 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6939 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6940 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6941 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6942 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6943 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6944 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6945 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6946 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6947 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6948 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6949 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6950 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6951 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6952 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6953 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6954 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6955 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6956 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6957 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6958 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6959 * This is a flag.
6960 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6961 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6962 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6963 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6964 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6965 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6966 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6967 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6968 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6969 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6970 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6971 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6972 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6973 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6974 *
6975 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6976 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6977 */
6978enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6979 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6980 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6981 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6982 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6983 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6984 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6985 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6986 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6987 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6988 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6989 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6990 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6991 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6992 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6993 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6994 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6995 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6996
6997 /* keep last */
6998 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6999 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7000};
7001
7002/**
7003 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7004 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7005 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7006 * This is a flag.
7007 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7008 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7009 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7010 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7011 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7012 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7013 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7014 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7015 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7016 */
7017enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7018 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7019 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7020 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7021 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7022 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7023
7024 /* keep last */
7025 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7026 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7027};
7028
7029/**
7030 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7031 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7032 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7033 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7034 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7035 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7036 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7037 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7038 *
7039 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7040 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7041 */
7042enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7043 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7044 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7045 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7046
7047 /* keep last */
7048 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7049 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7050};
7051
7052/**
7053 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7054 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7055 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7056 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7057 */
7058enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7059 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7060 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7061};
7062
7063/**
7064 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7065 * responder attributes
7066 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7067 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7068 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7069 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7070 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7071 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7072 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7073 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7074 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7075 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7076 */
7077enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7078 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7079
7080 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7081 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7082 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7083
7084 /* keep last */
7085 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7086 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7087};
7088
7089/*
7090 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7091 *
7092 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7093 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7094 *
7095 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7096 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7097 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7098 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7099 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7100 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7101 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7102 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7103 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7104 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7105 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7106 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7107 * phase with the responder (u32)
7108 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7109 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7110 * FTM slot (u32)
7111 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7112 * scheduled window (u32)
7113 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7114 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7115 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7116 */
7117enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7118 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7119 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7120 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7121 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7122 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7123 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7124 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7125 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7126 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7127 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7128 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7129
7130 /* keep last */
7131 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7132 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7133};
7134
7135/**
7136 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7137 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7138 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7139 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7140 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7141 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7142 */
7143enum nl80211_preamble {
7144 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7145 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7146 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7147 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7148 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7149};
7150
7151/**
7152 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7154 * these numbers also for attributes
7155 *
7156 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7157 *
7158 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7159 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7160 */
7161enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7162 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7163
7164 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7165
7166 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7167 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7168};
7169
7170/**
7171 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7172 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7173 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7174 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7175 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7176 * reason may be available in the response data
7177 */
7178enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7179 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7180 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7181 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7182 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7183};
7184
7185/**
7186 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7187 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7188 *
7189 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7190 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7191 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7192 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7193 * (flag attribute)
7194 *
7195 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7196 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7197 */
7198enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7199 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7200
7201 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7202 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7203
7204 /* keep last */
7205 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7206 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7207};
7208
7209/**
7210 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7211 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7212 *
7213 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7214 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7215 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7216 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7217 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7218 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7219 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7220 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7221 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7222 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7223 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7224 * (u64, usec)
7225 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7226 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7227 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7228 * result.
7229 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7230 *
7231 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7233 */
7234enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7235 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7236
7237 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7238 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7239 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7240 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7241 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7242 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7243
7244 /* keep last */
7245 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7246 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7247};
7248
7249/**
7250 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7251 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7252 *
7253 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7254 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7255 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7256 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7257 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7258 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7259 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7260 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7261 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7262 *
7263 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7264 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7265 */
7266enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7267 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7268
7269 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7270 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7271 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7272 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7273
7274 /* keep last */
7275 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7276 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7277};
7278
7279/**
7280 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7281 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7282 *
7283 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7284 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7285 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7286 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7287 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7288 * measurement results
7289 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7290 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7291 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7292 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7293 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7294 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7295 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7296 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7297 * sub-attributes taken from
7298 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7299 *
7300 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7301 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7302 */
7303enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7304 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7305
7306 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7307 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7308 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7309 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7310 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7311
7312 /* keep last */
7313 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7314 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7315};
7316
7317/**
7318 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7319 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7320 *
7321 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7322 * is supported
7323 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7324 * mode is supported
7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7326 * data can be requested during the measurement
7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7328 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7330 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7332 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7333 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7334 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7335 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7337 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7338 * is valid)
7339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7340 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7342 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7343 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7344 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7345 *
7346 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7347 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7348 */
7349enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7350 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7351
7352 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7353 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7354 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7355 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7356 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7357 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7358 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7362
7363 /* keep last */
7364 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7366};
7367
7368/**
7369 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7370 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7371 *
7372 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7373 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7374 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7375 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7376 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7377 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7378 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7379 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7380 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7381 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7382 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7384 * requested per burst
7385 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7386 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7387 * (u8, default 3)
7388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7389 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7390 * (flag)
7391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7392 * measurement (flag).
7393 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7394 * mutually exclusive.
7395 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7396 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7397 * ranging will be used.
7398 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7399 * ranging measurement (flag)
7400 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7401 * mutually exclusive.
7402 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7403 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7404 * ranging will be used.
7405 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7406 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7407 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7408 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7409 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7410 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7411 *
7412 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7413 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7414 */
7415enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7416 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7417
7418 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7419 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7420 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7421 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7422 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7423 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7424 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7425 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7426 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7427 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7428 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7429 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7430 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7431
7432 /* keep last */
7433 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7434 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7435};
7436
7437/**
7438 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7440 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7442 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7443 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7444 * try and get no response)
7445 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7446 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7447 * received
7448 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7449 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7450 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7451 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7452 */
7453enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7454 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7455 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7456 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7458 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7459 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7460 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7461 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7462};
7463
7464/**
7465 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7466 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7467 *
7468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7469 * (u32, optional)
7470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7471 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7472 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7473 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7474 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7475 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7476 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7477 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7478 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7479 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7480 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7482 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7484 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7486 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7487 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7488 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7489 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7490 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7491 * attributes)
7492 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7493 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7494 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7495 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7496 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7497 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7499 * optional)
7500 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7501 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7503 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7505 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7506 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7507 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7508 * Type 8.
7509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7510 * (binary, optional);
7511 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7512 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7513 * Type 11.
7514 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7515 *
7516 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7517 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7518 */
7519enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7520 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7521
7522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7524 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7525 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7526 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7528 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7529 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7530 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7531 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7532 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7533 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7534 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7535 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7536 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7537 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7538 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7539 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7541 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7543
7544 /* keep last */
7545 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7546 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7547};
7548
7549/**
7550 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7551 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7552 *
7553 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7554 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7555 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7556 * tx power offset.
7557 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7558 * values used by members of the SRG.
7559 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7560 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7561 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7562 *
7563 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7564 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7565 */
7566enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7567 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7568
7569 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7570 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7571 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7572 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7573 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7574 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7575
7576 /* keep last */
7577 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7578 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7579};
7580
7581/**
7582 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7583 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7584 *
7585 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7586 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7587 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7588 *
7589 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7590 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7591 */
7592enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7593 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7594
7595 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7596 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7597 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7598
7599 /* keep last */
7600 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7601 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7602};
7603
7604/**
7605 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7606 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7607 *
7608 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7609 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7610 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7611 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7612 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7613 *
7614 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7615 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7616 */
7617enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7618 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7619
7620 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7621 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7622
7623 /* keep last */
7624 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7625 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7626};
7627
7628/**
7629 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7630 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7631 *
7632 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7633 *
7634 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7635 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7636 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7637 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
7638 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7639 * frame including the headers.
7640 *
7641 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7642 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7643 */
7644enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7645 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7646
7647 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7648 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7649 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7650
7651 /* keep last */
7652 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7653 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7654};
7655
7656/*
7657 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7658 * mandatory fields.
7659 */
7660#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7661
7662/**
7663 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7664 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7665 *
7666 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7667 *
7668 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7669 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7670 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
7671 * disabled.
7672 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7673 * frame template (binary).
7674 *
7675 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7676 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7677 */
7678enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7679 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7680
7681 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7682 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7683
7684 /* keep last */
7685 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7686 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7687 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7688};
7689
7690/**
7691 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7692 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7693 * used.
7694 *
7695 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7696 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7697 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7698 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7699 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7700 * can be used.
7701 */
7702enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7703 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7704 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7705 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7706 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7707};
7708
7709/**
7710 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7711 *
7712 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7713 *
7714 */
7715enum nl80211_sar_type {
7716 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7717
7718 /* add new type here */
7719
7720 /* Keep last */
7721 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7722};
7723
7724/**
7725 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7726 *
7727 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7728 *
7729 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7730 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7731 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7732 *
7733 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7734 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7735 *
7736 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7737 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7738 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7739 *
7740 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7741 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7742 *
7743 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7744 */
7745enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7746 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7747
7748 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7749 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7750
7751 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7752 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7753};
7754
7755/**
7756 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7757 *
7758 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7759 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7760 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7761 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7762 *
7763 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7764 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7765 * is applied to this range.
7766 *
7767 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7768 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7769 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7770 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7771 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7772 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7773 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7774 *
7775 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7776 *
7777 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7778 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7779 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7780 *
7781 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7782 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7783 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7784 *
7785 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7786 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7787 */
7788enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7789 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7790
7791 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7792 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7793 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7794 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7795
7796 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7797 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7798};
7799
7800/**
7801 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7802 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7803 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7804 * MBSSID and EMA.
7805 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7806 * features.
7807 *
7808 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7809 *
7810 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7811 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7812 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7813 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7814 *
7815 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7816 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7817 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7818 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7819 * a non-zero value.
7820 *
7821 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7822 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7823 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7824 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7825 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7826 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7827 *
7828 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7829 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7830 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7831 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7832 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7833 * the interface index of the same.
7834 *
7835 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7836 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7837 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7838 *
7839 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7840 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7841 */
7842enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7843 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7844
7845 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7846 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7847 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7848 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7849 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7850
7851 /* keep last */
7852 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7853 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7854};
7855
7856/**
7857 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7858 *
7859 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7860 * authentication.
7861 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7862 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7863 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7864 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7865 * userspace.
7866 */
7867enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7868 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7869 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7870};
7871
7872#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7873

source code of linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h